xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision bd5af9ea)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 /*
432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
436 **
437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
443 */
444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
445 struct PagerSavepoint {
446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
453 #endif
454 };
455 
456 /*
457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
458 */
459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
462 
463 /*
464 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
465 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
466 **
467 ** eState
468 **
469 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
470 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
471 **
472 ** eLock
473 **
474 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
475 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
476 **
477 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
478 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
479 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
480 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
481 **   need (and no reason to release them).
482 **
483 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
484 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
485 **   details.
486 **
487 ** changeCountDone
488 **
489 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
490 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
491 **   not updated more often than necessary.
492 **
493 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
494 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
495 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
496 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
497 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
498 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
499 **
500 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
501 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
502 **   committed.
503 **
504 ** setMaster
505 **
506 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
507 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
508 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
509 **
510 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
511 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
512 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
513 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
514 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
515 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
516 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
517 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
518 **
519 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
520 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
521 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
522 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
523 **
524 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
525 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
526 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
527 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
528 **
529 ** doNotSpill
530 **
531 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
532 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
533 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
534 **
535 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
536 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
537 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
538 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
539 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
540 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
541 **   case is a user preference.
542 **
543 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
544 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
545 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
546 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
547 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
548 **
549 ** subjInMemory
550 **
551 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
552 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
553 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
554 **
555 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
556 **   write-transaction is opened.
557 **
558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
559 **
560 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
561 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
562 **   OPEN and ERROR).
563 **
564 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
565 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
566 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
567 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
568 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
569 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
570 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
571 **   to dbSize==1).
572 **
573 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
574 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
575 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
576 **   dbSize is updated.
577 **
578 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
579 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
580 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
581 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
582 **   being modified.
583 **
584 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
585 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
586 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
587 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
588 **
589 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
590 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
591 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
592 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
593 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
594 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
595 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
596 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
597 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
598 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
599 **
600 ** dbHintSize
601 **
602 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
603 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
604 **
605 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
606 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
607 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
608 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
609 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
610 **   details.
611 **
612 ** errCode
613 **
614 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
615 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
616 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
617 **   sub-codes.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
627   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
628   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633 
634   /**************************************************************************
635   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
636   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
637   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
638   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
639   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
640   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
641   ** "configuration" of the pager.
642   */
643   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
644   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
645   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
646   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
647   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
648   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
649   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
650   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
651   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
652   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
653   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
654   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
655   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
656   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
657   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
658   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
659   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
660   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
661   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
662   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
663   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
664   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
665   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
666   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
667   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
668   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
669   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
670 
671   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
672   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
673   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
674   /*
675   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
676   ***************************************************************************/
677 
678   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
679   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
680   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
681   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
682   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
683   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
685   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
686   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
687   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
688   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
689   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
690 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
691   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
692 #endif
693   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
694 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
695   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
696   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
697   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
698   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
699 #endif
700   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
701   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
702 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
703   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
704   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
705 #endif
706 };
707 
708 /*
709 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
710 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
711 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
712 */
713 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
714 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
715 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
716 
717 /*
718 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
719 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
720 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
721 */
722 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
723 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
724 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
725 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
727 #else
728 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
729 #endif
730 
731 
732 
733 /*
734 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
735 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
736 **
737 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
738 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
739 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
740 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
741 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
742 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
743 ** journal and ignore it.
744 **
745 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
746 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
747 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
748 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
749 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
750 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
751 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
752 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
753 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
754 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
755 */
756 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
757   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
758 };
759 
760 /*
761 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
762 ** the following macro.
763 */
764 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
765 
766 /*
767 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
768 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
769 */
770 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
771 
772 /*
773 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
774 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
775 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
776 ** out code that would never execute.
777 */
778 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
779 # define MEMDB 0
780 #else
781 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
782 #endif
783 
784 /*
785 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
786 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
787 */
788 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
789 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
790 #else
791 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
792 #endif
793 
794 /*
795 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
796 */
797 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
798 
799 /*
800 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
801 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
802 **
803 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
804 **
805 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
806 **
807 ** instead of
808 **
809 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
810 */
811 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
812 
813 /*
814 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
815 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
816 */
817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
818 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
819   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
820 }
821 #else
822 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
823 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
824 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
825 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
826 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
827 #endif
828 
829 #ifndef NDEBUG
830 /*
831 ** Usage:
832 **
833 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
834 **
835 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
836 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
837 */
838 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
839   Pager *pPager = p;
840 
841   /* State must be valid. */
842   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
843        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
844        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
845        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
846        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
847        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
848        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
849   );
850 
851   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
852   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
853   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
854   */
855   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
856   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
857 
858   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
859   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
860   */
861   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
862   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
863 
864   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
865   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
866   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
867   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
868   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
869   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
870   ** state.
871   */
872   if( MEMDB ){
873     assert( p->noSync );
874     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
875          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
876     );
877     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
878     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
879   }
880 
881   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
882   ** on the file.
883   */
884   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
885   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
886 
887   switch( p->eState ){
888     case PAGER_OPEN:
889       assert( !MEMDB );
890       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
891       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
892       break;
893 
894     case PAGER_READER:
895       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
896       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
897       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
898       break;
899 
900     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
901       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
902       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
903       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
904         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
905       }
906       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
907       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
908       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
909       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
910       break;
911 
912     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
913       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
914       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
915       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
916         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
917         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
918         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
919         ** to journal_mode=wal.
920         */
921         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
922         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
923              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
924              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
925         );
926       }
927       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
928       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
929       break;
930 
931     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
932       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
933       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
934       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
935       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
936       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
937            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
938            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939       );
940       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
941       break;
942 
943     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
944       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
945       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
946       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950       );
951       break;
952 
953     case PAGER_ERROR:
954       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
955       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
956       ** back to OPEN state.
957       */
958       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
959       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
960       break;
961   }
962 
963   return 1;
964 }
965 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
966 
967 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
968 /*
969 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
970 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
971 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
972 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
973 **
974 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
975 */
976 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
977   static char zRet[1024];
978 
979   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
980       "Filename:      %s\n"
981       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
982       "Lock:          %s\n"
983       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
984       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
985       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
986       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
987       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
988       , p->zFilename
989       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
990         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
991         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
992         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
993         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
994         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
995         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
996       , (int)p->errCode
997       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
998         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
999         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1000         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1001         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1002       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1003       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1004         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1005         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1006         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1007         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1008         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1009       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1010       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1011       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1012   );
1013 
1014   return zRet;
1015 }
1016 #endif
1017 
1018 /*
1019 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1020 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1021 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1022 **
1023 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1024 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1025 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1026 */
1027 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1028   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1029   PagerSavepoint *p;
1030   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1031   int i;
1032   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1033     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1034     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1035       return 1;
1036     }
1037   }
1038   return 0;
1039 }
1040 
1041 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1042 /*
1043 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1044 */
1045 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1046   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1047 }
1048 #endif
1049 
1050 /*
1051 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1052 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1053 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1054 **
1055 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1056 */
1057 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1058   unsigned char ac[4];
1059   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1060   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1061     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1062   }
1063   return rc;
1064 }
1065 
1066 /*
1067 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1068 */
1069 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1070 
1071 
1072 /*
1073 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1074 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1075 */
1076 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1077   char ac[4];
1078   put32bits(ac, val);
1079   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1080 }
1081 
1082 /*
1083 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1084 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1085 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1086 **
1087 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1088 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1089 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1090 */
1091 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1092   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1093 
1094   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1095   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1096   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1097   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1098     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1099     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1100     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1101       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1102     }
1103     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1104   }
1105   return rc;
1106 }
1107 
1108 /*
1109 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1110 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1111 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1112 **
1113 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1114 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1115 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1116 ** of this.
1117 */
1118 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1119   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1120 
1121   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1122   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1123     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1124     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1125       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1126       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1127     }
1128   }
1129   return rc;
1130 }
1131 
1132 /*
1133 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1134 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1135 **
1136 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1137 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1138 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1139 **      to the page size.
1140 **
1141 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1142 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1143 ** database.
1144 **
1145 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1146 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1147 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1148 */
1149 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1150 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1151   assert( !MEMDB );
1152   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1153     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1154     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1155     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1156 
1157     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1158     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1159     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1160     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1161 
1162     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1163     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1164     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1165       return 0;
1166     }
1167   }
1168 
1169   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1170 }
1171 #endif
1172 
1173 /*
1174 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1175 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1176 ** and debugging only.
1177 */
1178 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1179 /*
1180 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1181 */
1182 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1183   u32 hash = 0;
1184   int i;
1185   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1186     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1187   }
1188   return hash;
1189 }
1190 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1191   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1192 }
1193 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1194   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1195 }
1196 
1197 /*
1198 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1199 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1200 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1201 */
1202 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1203 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1204   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1205   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1206   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1207 }
1208 
1209 #else
1210 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1211 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1212 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1213 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1214 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1215 
1216 /*
1217 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1218 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1219 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1220 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1221 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1222 **
1223 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1224 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1225 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1226 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1227 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1228 ** were present in the journal.
1229 **
1230 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1231 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1232 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1233 ** journal file name.
1234 **
1235 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1236 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1237 **
1238 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1239 ** error code is returned.
1240 */
1241 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1242   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1243   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1244   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1245   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1246   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1247   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1248   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1249 
1250   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1251    || szJ<16
1252    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1253    || len>=nMaster
1254    || len==0
1255    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1256    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1257    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1258    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1259   ){
1260     return rc;
1261   }
1262 
1263   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1264   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1265     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1266   }
1267   if( cksum ){
1268     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1269     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1270     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1271     ** master-journal filename.
1272     */
1273     len = 0;
1274   }
1275   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1276 
1277   return SQLITE_OK;
1278 }
1279 
1280 /*
1281 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1282 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1283 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1284 **
1285 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1286 **
1287 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1288 **   ---------------------------------------
1289 **   0                         0
1290 **   512                       512
1291 **   100                       512
1292 **   2000                      2048
1293 **
1294 */
1295 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1296   i64 offset = 0;
1297   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1298   if( c ){
1299     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1300   }
1301   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1302   assert( offset>=c );
1303   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1304   return offset;
1305 }
1306 
1307 /*
1308 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1309 **
1310 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1311 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1312 **
1313 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1314 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1315 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1316 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1317 ** after writing or truncating it.
1318 **
1319 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1320 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1321 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1322 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1323 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1324 **
1325 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1326 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1327 */
1328 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1329   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1330   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1331   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1332     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1333 
1334     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1335     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1336       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1337     }else{
1338       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1339       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1340     }
1341     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1342       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1343     }
1344 
1345     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1346     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1347     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1348     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1349     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1350     */
1351     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1352       i64 sz;
1353       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1354       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1355         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1356       }
1357     }
1358   }
1359   return rc;
1360 }
1361 
1362 /*
1363 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1364 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1365 ** current location.
1366 **
1367 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1368 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1369 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1370 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1371 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1372 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1373 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1374 **
1375 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1376 */
1377 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1378   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1379   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1380   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1381   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1382   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1383 
1384   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1385 
1386   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1387     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1388   }
1389 
1390   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1391   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1392   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1393   */
1394   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1395     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1396       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1397     }
1398   }
1399 
1400   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1401 
1402   /*
1403   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1404   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1405   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1406   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1407   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1408   **
1409   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1410   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1411   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1412   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1413   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1414   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1415   **
1416   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1417   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1418   **
1419   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1420   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1421   */
1422   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1423   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1424    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1425   ){
1426     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1427     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1428   }else{
1429     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1430   }
1431 
1432   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1433   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1434   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1435   /* The initial database size */
1436   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1437   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1438   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1439 
1440   /* The page size */
1441   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1442 
1443   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1444   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1445   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1446   ** take the performance hit.
1447   */
1448   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1449          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1450 
1451   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1452   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1453   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1454   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1455   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1456   **
1457   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1458   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1459   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1460   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1461   ** is done.
1462   **
1463   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1464   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1465   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1466   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1467   */
1468   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1469     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1470     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1471     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1472     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1473   }
1474 
1475   return rc;
1476 }
1477 
1478 /*
1479 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1480 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1481 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1482 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1483 ** a description of the journal header format.
1484 **
1485 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1486 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1487 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1488 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1489 ** in this case.
1490 **
1491 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1492 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1493 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1494 */
1495 static int readJournalHdr(
1496   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1497   int isHot,
1498   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1499   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1500   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1501 ){
1502   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1503   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1504   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1505 
1506   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1507 
1508   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1509   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1510   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1511   */
1512   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1513   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1514     return SQLITE_DONE;
1515   }
1516   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1517 
1518   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1519   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1520   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1521   ** proceed.
1522   */
1523   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1524     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1525     if( rc ){
1526       return rc;
1527     }
1528     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1529       return SQLITE_DONE;
1530     }
1531   }
1532 
1533   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1534   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1535   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1536   */
1537   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1538    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1539    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1540   ){
1541     return rc;
1542   }
1543 
1544   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1545     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1546     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1547 
1548     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1549     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1550      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1551     ){
1552       return rc;
1553     }
1554 
1555     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1556     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1557     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1558     */
1559     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1560       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1561     }
1562 
1563     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1564     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1565     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1566     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1567     */
1568     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1569      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1570      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1571     ){
1572       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1573       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1574       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1575       ** the journal file here.
1576       */
1577       return SQLITE_DONE;
1578     }
1579 
1580     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1581     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1582     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1583     */
1584     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1585     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1586 
1587     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1588     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1589     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1590     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1591     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1592     */
1593     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1594   }
1595 
1596   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1597   return rc;
1598 }
1599 
1600 
1601 /*
1602 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1603 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1604 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1605 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1606 ** anything is written. The format is:
1607 **
1608 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1609 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1610 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1611 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1612 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1613 **
1614 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1615 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1616 **
1617 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1618 ** this call is a no-op.
1619 */
1620 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1621   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1622   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1623   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1624   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1625   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1626 
1627   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1628   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1629 
1630   if( !zMaster
1631    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1632    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1633   ){
1634     return SQLITE_OK;
1635   }
1636   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1637   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1638 
1639   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1640   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1641     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1642   }
1643 
1644   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1645   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1646   ** the journal has already been synced.
1647   */
1648   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1649     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1650   }
1651   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1652 
1653   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1654   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1655   */
1656   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1657    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1658    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1659    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1660    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1661                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1662   ){
1663     return rc;
1664   }
1665   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1666 
1667   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1668   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1669   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1670   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1671   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1672   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1673   **
1674   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1675   ** file to the required size.
1676   */
1677   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1678    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1679   ){
1680     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1681   }
1682   return rc;
1683 }
1684 
1685 /*
1686 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1687 */
1688 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1689   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1690   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1691   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1692 }
1693 
1694 /*
1695 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1696 */
1697 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1698   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1699   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1700 }
1701 
1702 /*
1703 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1704 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1705 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1706 */
1707 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1708   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1709   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1710     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1711   }
1712   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
1713     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1714   }
1715   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1716   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1717   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1718   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1719 }
1720 
1721 /*
1722 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1723 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1724 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1725 */
1726 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1727   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1728   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1729 
1730   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1731     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1732     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1733       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1734       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1735       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1736     }
1737   }
1738   return rc;
1739 }
1740 
1741 /*
1742 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1743 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1744 ** state.
1745 **
1746 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1747 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1748 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1749 ** closed (if it is open).
1750 **
1751 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1752 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1753 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1754 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1755 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1756 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1757 */
1758 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1759 
1760   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1761        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1762        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1763   );
1764 
1765   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1766   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1767   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1768 
1769   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1770     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1771     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1772     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1773   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1774     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1775     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1776 
1777     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1778     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1779     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1780     ** out from under us.
1781     */
1782     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1783     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1784     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1785     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1786     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1787     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1788     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1789      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1790     ){
1791       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1792     }
1793 
1794     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1795     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1796     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1797     ** is necessary.
1798     */
1799     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1800     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1801       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1802     }
1803 
1804     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1805     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1806     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1807     */
1808     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1809     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1810     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1811   }
1812 
1813   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1814   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1815   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1816   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1817   */
1818   if( pPager->errCode ){
1819     assert( !MEMDB );
1820     pager_reset(pPager);
1821     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
1822     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1823     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1824     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1825   }
1826 
1827   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1828   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1829   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1830 }
1831 
1832 /*
1833 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1834 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1835 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1836 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1837 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1838 **
1839 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1840 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1841 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1842 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1843 **
1844 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1845 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1846 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1847 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1848 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1849 ** it were a hot-journal).
1850 */
1851 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1852   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1853   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1854   assert(
1855        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1856        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1857        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1858   );
1859   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1860     pPager->errCode = rc;
1861     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1862   }
1863   return rc;
1864 }
1865 
1866 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1867 
1868 /*
1869 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1870 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1871 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1872 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1873 ** database transaction.
1874 **
1875 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1876 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1877 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1878 **
1879 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1880 **
1881 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1882 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1883 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1884 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1885 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1886 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1887 **
1888 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1889 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1890 **     in-memory journal.
1891 **
1892 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1893 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1894 **
1895 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1896 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1897 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1898 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1899 **
1900 **   journalMode==DELETE
1901 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1902 **
1903 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1904 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1905 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1906 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1907 **
1908 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1909 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1910 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1911 **
1912 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1913 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1914 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1915 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1916 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1917 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1918 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1919 ** returned.
1920 */
1921 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1922   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1923   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1924 
1925   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1926   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1927   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1928   ** held under two circumstances:
1929   **
1930   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1931   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1932   **
1933   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1934   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1935   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1936   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1937   */
1938   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1939   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1940   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1941     return SQLITE_OK;
1942   }
1943 
1944   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1945   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1946   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1947     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1948 
1949     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1950     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
1951       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
1952       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1953     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1954       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1955         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1956       }else{
1957         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1958         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1959           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1960           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1961           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
1962           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1963           */
1964           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1965         }
1966       }
1967       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1968     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
1969       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
1970     ){
1971       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
1972       pPager->journalOff = 0;
1973     }else{
1974       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
1975       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
1976       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
1977       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
1978       */
1979       int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd));
1980       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
1981            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1982            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
1983       );
1984       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1985       if( bDelete ){
1986         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
1987       }
1988     }
1989   }
1990 
1991 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1992   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
1993   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
1994     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
1995     if( p ){
1996       p->pageHash = 0;
1997       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
1998     }
1999   }
2000 #endif
2001 
2002   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2003   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2004   pPager->nRec = 0;
2005   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2006   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2007 
2008   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2009     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2010     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2011     ** lock held on the database file.
2012     */
2013     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2014     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2015   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2016     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2017     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2018     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2019     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2020     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2021     ** required size.  */
2022     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2023     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2024   }
2025 
2026   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2027     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2028     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2029   }
2030 
2031   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2032    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2033   ){
2034     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2035     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2036   }
2037   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2038   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2039 
2040   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2041 }
2042 
2043 /*
2044 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2045 ** database file.
2046 **
2047 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2048 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2049 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2050 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2051 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2052 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2053 ** will roll it back.
2054 **
2055 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2056 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2057 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2058 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2059 */
2060 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2061   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2062     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2063     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2064       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2065       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2066       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2067     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2068       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2069       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2070     }
2071   }
2072   pager_unlock(pPager);
2073 }
2074 
2075 /*
2076 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2077 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2078 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2079 **
2080 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2081 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2082 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2083 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2084 **
2085 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2086 ** incompatible journal file format.
2087 **
2088 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2089 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2090 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2091 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2092 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2093 */
2094 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2095   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2096   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2097   while( i>0 ){
2098     cksum += aData[i];
2099     i -= 200;
2100   }
2101   return cksum;
2102 }
2103 
2104 /*
2105 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2106 ** to the codec.
2107 */
2108 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2109 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2110   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2111     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2112                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2113   }
2114 }
2115 #else
2116 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2117 #endif
2118 
2119 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2120 /*
2121 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2122 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2123 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2124 */
2125 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2126   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2127     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2128     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2129   }
2130 }
2131 #endif
2132 
2133 /*
2134 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2135 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2136 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2137 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2138 **
2139 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2140 ** not.
2141 **
2142 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2143 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2144 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2145 **
2146 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2147 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2148 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2149 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2150 ** prior to returning.
2151 **
2152 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2153 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2154 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2155 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2156 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2157 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2158 ** two circumstances:
2159 **
2160 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2161 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2162 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2163 **
2164 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2165 **
2166 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2167 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2168 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2169 */
2170 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2171   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2172   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2173   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2174   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2175   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2176 ){
2177   int rc;
2178   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2179   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2180   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2181   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2182   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2183   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2184 
2185   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2186   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2187   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2188   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2189 
2190   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2191   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2192   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2193 
2194   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2195   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2196   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2197   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2198   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2199   */
2200   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2201        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2202   );
2203   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2204 
2205   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2206   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2207   */
2208   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2209   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2210   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2211   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2212   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2213   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2214 
2215   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2216   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2217   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2218   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2219   */
2220   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2221     assert( !isSavepnt );
2222     return SQLITE_DONE;
2223   }
2224   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2225     return SQLITE_OK;
2226   }
2227   if( isMainJrnl ){
2228     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2229     if( rc ) return rc;
2230     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2231       return SQLITE_DONE;
2232     }
2233   }
2234 
2235   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2236   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2237   */
2238   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2239     return rc;
2240   }
2241 
2242   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2243   */
2244   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2245     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2246     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2247   }
2248 
2249   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2250   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2251   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2252   **
2253   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2254   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2255   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2256   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2257   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2258   ** assert()able.
2259   **
2260   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2261   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2262   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2263   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2264   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2265   **
2266   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2267   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2268   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2269   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2270   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2271   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2272   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2273   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2274   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2275   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2276   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2277   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2278   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2279   **
2280   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2281   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2282   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2283   */
2284   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2285     pPg = 0;
2286   }else{
2287     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2288   }
2289   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2290   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
2291   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2292            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2293            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2294   ));
2295   if( isMainJrnl ){
2296     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2297   }else{
2298     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2299   }
2300   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2301    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2302    && isSynced
2303   ){
2304     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2305     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2306     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2307     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2308     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2309       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2310     }
2311     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2312       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2313       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2314       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
2315     }
2316   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2317     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2318     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2319     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2320     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2321     ** current.
2322     **
2323     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2324     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2325     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2326     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2327     **
2328     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2329     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2330     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2331     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2332     */
2333     assert( isSavepnt );
2334     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2335     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2336     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2337     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2338     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2339     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2340     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
2341     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2342   }
2343   if( pPg ){
2344     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2345     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2346     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2347     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2348     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2349     */
2350     void *pData;
2351     pData = pPg->pData;
2352     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2353     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2354     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
2355       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
2356       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
2357       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
2358       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
2359       ** database.
2360       **
2361       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
2362       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
2363       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
2364       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
2365       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
2366       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
2367       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
2368       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
2369       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
2370       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
2371       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
2372       ** database corruption may ensue.
2373       */
2374       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2375       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
2376     }
2377     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2378 
2379     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2380     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2381     if( pgno==1 ){
2382       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2383     }
2384 
2385     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2386     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
2387     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2388   }
2389   return rc;
2390 }
2391 
2392 /*
2393 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2394 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2395 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2396 ** and does so if it is.
2397 **
2398 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2399 ** available for use within this function.
2400 **
2401 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2402 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2403 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2404 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2405 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2406 **
2407 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2408 **
2409 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2410 ** journals have been rolled back.
2411 **
2412 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2413 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2414 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2415 **
2416 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2417 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2418 **     file zMaster
2419 **
2420 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2421 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2422 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2423 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2424 **
2425 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2426 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2427 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2428 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2429 **
2430 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2431 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2432 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2433 ** size.
2434 */
2435 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2436   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2437   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2438   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2439   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2440   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2441   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2442   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2443   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2444   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2445 
2446   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2447   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2448   */
2449   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2450   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2451   if( !pMaster ){
2452     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2453   }else{
2454     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2455     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2456   }
2457   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2458 
2459   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2460   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2461   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2462   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2463   */
2464   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2465   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2466   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2467   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2468   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2469     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
2470     goto delmaster_out;
2471   }
2472   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2473   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2474   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2475   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2476 
2477   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2478   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2479     int exists;
2480     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2481     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2482       goto delmaster_out;
2483     }
2484     if( exists ){
2485       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2486       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2487       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2488       */
2489       int c;
2490       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2491       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2492       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2493         goto delmaster_out;
2494       }
2495 
2496       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2497       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2498       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2499         goto delmaster_out;
2500       }
2501 
2502       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2503       if( c ){
2504         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2505         goto delmaster_out;
2506       }
2507     }
2508     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2509   }
2510 
2511   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2512   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2513 
2514 delmaster_out:
2515   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2516   if( pMaster ){
2517     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2518     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2519     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2520   }
2521   return rc;
2522 }
2523 
2524 
2525 /*
2526 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2527 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2528 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2529 **
2530 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2531 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2532 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2533 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2534 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2535 **
2536 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2537 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2538 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2539 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2540 ** the end of the new file instead.
2541 **
2542 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2543 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2544 */
2545 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2546   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2547   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2548   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2549 
2550   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2551    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2552   ){
2553     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2554     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2555     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2556     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2557     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2558     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2559     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2560       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2561         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2562       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2563         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2564         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2565         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2566         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2567         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2568       }
2569       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2570         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2571       }
2572     }
2573   }
2574   return rc;
2575 }
2576 
2577 /*
2578 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2579 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2580 */
2581 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2582   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2583   if( iRet<32 ){
2584     iRet = 512;
2585   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2586     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2587     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2588   }
2589   return iRet;
2590 }
2591 
2592 /*
2593 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2594 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2595 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2596 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2597 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2598 **
2599 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2600 **
2601 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2602 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2603 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2604 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2605 **
2606 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2607 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2608 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2609 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2610 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2611 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2612 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2613 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2614 */
2615 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2616   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2617 
2618   if( pPager->tempFile
2619    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2620               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2621   ){
2622     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2623     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2624     ** call will segfault. */
2625     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2626   }else{
2627     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2628   }
2629 }
2630 
2631 /*
2632 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2633 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2634 **
2635 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2636 **
2637 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2638 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2639 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2640 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2641 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2642 **       sanity checksum.
2643 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2644 **       database to during a rollback.
2645 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2646 **       is this many bytes in size.
2647 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2648 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2649 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2650 **        +  4 byte page number.
2651 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2652 **        +  4 byte checksum
2653 **
2654 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2655 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2656 **
2657 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2658 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2659 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2660 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2661 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2662 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2663 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2664 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2665 **
2666 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2667 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2668 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2669 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2670 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2671 **
2672 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2673 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2674 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2675 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2676 ** been encountered.
2677 **
2678 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2679 ** and an error code is returned.
2680 **
2681 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2682 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2683 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2684 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2685 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2686 ** needed.
2687 */
2688 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2689   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2690   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2691   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2692   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2693   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2694   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2695   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2696   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2697   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2698   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2699 
2700   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2701   ** the journal is empty.
2702   */
2703   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2704   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2705   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2706     goto end_playback;
2707   }
2708 
2709   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2710   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2711   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2712   ** played back.
2713   **
2714   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2715   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2716   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2717   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2718   ** for pageSize.
2719   */
2720   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2721   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2722   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2723     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2724   }
2725   zMaster = 0;
2726   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2727     goto end_playback;
2728   }
2729   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2730   needPagerReset = isHot;
2731 
2732   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2733   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2734   ** occurs.
2735   */
2736   while( 1 ){
2737     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2738     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2739     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2740     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2741     */
2742     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2743     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2744       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2745         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2746       }
2747       goto end_playback;
2748     }
2749 
2750     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2751     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2752     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2753     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2754     */
2755     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2756       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2757       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2758     }
2759 
2760     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2761     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2762     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2763     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2764     ** size of the file.
2765     **
2766     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2767     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2768     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2769     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2770     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2771     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2772     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2773     */
2774     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2775         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2776       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2777     }
2778 
2779     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2780     ** database file back to its original size.
2781     */
2782     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2783       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2784       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2785         goto end_playback;
2786       }
2787       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2788     }
2789 
2790     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2791     ** database file and/or page cache.
2792     */
2793     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2794       if( needPagerReset ){
2795         pager_reset(pPager);
2796         needPagerReset = 0;
2797       }
2798       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2799       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2800         nPlayback++;
2801       }else{
2802         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2803           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2804           break;
2805         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2806           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2807           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2808           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2809           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2810           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2811           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2812           goto end_playback;
2813         }else{
2814           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2815           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2816           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2817           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2818           */
2819           goto end_playback;
2820         }
2821       }
2822     }
2823   }
2824   /*NOTREACHED*/
2825   assert( 0 );
2826 
2827 end_playback:
2828   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2829   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2830   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2831   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2832   */
2833 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2834   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2835     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2836   }
2837 #endif
2838 
2839   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2840   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2841   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2842   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2843   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2844   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2845   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2846   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2847   */
2848   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2849 
2850   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2851     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2852     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2853     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2854   }
2855   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2856    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2857   ){
2858     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2859   }
2860   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2861     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2862     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2863   }
2864   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2865     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2866     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2867     */
2868     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2869     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2870   }
2871   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2872     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2873                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2874   }
2875 
2876   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2877   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2878   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2879   */
2880   setSectorSize(pPager);
2881   return rc;
2882 }
2883 
2884 
2885 /*
2886 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2887 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2888 ** file before this function is called.
2889 **
2890 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2891 ** the value read from the database file.
2892 **
2893 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2894 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2895 */
2896 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2897   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2898   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2899   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2900   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2901 
2902   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2903   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2904 
2905 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2906   if( iFrame ){
2907     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2908     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2909   }else
2910 #endif
2911   {
2912     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2913     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2914     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2915       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2916     }
2917   }
2918 
2919   if( pgno==1 ){
2920     if( rc ){
2921       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2922       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2923       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2924       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2925       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2926       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2927       **
2928       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2929       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2930       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2931       ** we should still be ok.
2932       */
2933       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2934     }else{
2935       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2936       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2937     }
2938   }
2939   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
2940 
2941   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2942   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2943   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2944   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2945                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2946 
2947   return rc;
2948 }
2949 
2950 /*
2951 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2952 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2953 **
2954 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2955 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2956 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2957 */
2958 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2959   u32 change_counter;
2960 
2961   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2962   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2963   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2964 
2965   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2966   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2967   ** is valid. */
2968   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2969   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2970 }
2971 
2972 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2973 /*
2974 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2975 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2976 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2977 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2978 **
2979 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
2980 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
2981 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
2982 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
2983 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
2984 */
2985 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
2986   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2987   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
2988   PgHdr *pPg;
2989 
2990   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2991   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
2992   if( pPg ){
2993     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
2994       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
2995     }else{
2996       u32 iFrame = 0;
2997       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2998       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2999         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3000       }
3001       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3002         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3003       }
3004       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3005     }
3006   }
3007 
3008   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3009   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3010   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3011   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3012   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3013   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3014   ** the backups must be restarted.
3015   */
3016   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3017 
3018   return rc;
3019 }
3020 
3021 /*
3022 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3023 */
3024 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3025   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3026   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3027 
3028   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3029   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3030   ** following:
3031   **
3032   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3033   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3034   */
3035   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3036   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3037   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3038   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3039     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3040     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3041     pList = pNext;
3042   }
3043 
3044   return rc;
3045 }
3046 
3047 /*
3048 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3049 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3050 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3051 ** changed.
3052 **
3053 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3054 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3055 */
3056 static int pagerWalFrames(
3057   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3058   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3059   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3060   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3061 ){
3062   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3063   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3064   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3065 
3066   assert( pPager->pWal );
3067   assert( pList );
3068 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3069   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3070   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3071     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3072   }
3073 #endif
3074 
3075   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3076   if( isCommit ){
3077     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3078     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3079     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3080     ** list here. */
3081     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3082     nList = 0;
3083     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3084       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3085         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3086         nList++;
3087       }
3088     }
3089     assert( pList );
3090   }else{
3091     nList = 1;
3092   }
3093   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3094 
3095   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3096   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3097       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3098   );
3099   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3100     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3101       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3102     }
3103   }
3104 
3105 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3106   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3107   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3108     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3109   }
3110 #endif
3111 
3112   return rc;
3113 }
3114 
3115 /*
3116 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3117 **
3118 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3119 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3120 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3121 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3122 */
3123 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3124   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3125   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3126 
3127   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3128   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3129 
3130   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3131   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3132   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3133   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3134   */
3135   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3136 
3137   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3138   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3139     pager_reset(pPager);
3140     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3141   }
3142 
3143   return rc;
3144 }
3145 #endif
3146 
3147 /*
3148 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3149 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3150 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3151 **
3152 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3153 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3154 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3155 */
3156 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3157   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3158 
3159   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3160   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3161   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3162   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3163   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3164   */
3165   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3166   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3167   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3168 
3169   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3170   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3171   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3172   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3173   */
3174   if( nPage==0 ){
3175     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3176     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3177     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3178       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3179       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3180         return rc;
3181       }
3182     }
3183     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3184   }
3185 
3186   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3187   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3188   ** that the file can be read.
3189   */
3190   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3191     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3192   }
3193 
3194   *pnPage = nPage;
3195   return SQLITE_OK;
3196 }
3197 
3198 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3199 /*
3200 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3201 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3202 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3203 **
3204 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3205 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3206 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3207 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3208 **
3209 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3210 **
3211 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3212 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3213 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3214 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3215 ** other connection.
3216 */
3217 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3218   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3219   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3220   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3221 
3222   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3223     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3224     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3225 
3226     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3227     if( rc ) return rc;
3228     if( nPage==0 ){
3229       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3230       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3231       isWal = 0;
3232     }else{
3233       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3234           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3235       );
3236     }
3237     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3238       if( isWal ){
3239         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3240         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3241       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3242         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3243       }
3244     }
3245   }
3246   return rc;
3247 }
3248 #endif
3249 
3250 /*
3251 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3252 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3253 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3254 ** savepoint.
3255 **
3256 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3257 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3258 ** performed in the order specified:
3259 **
3260 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3261 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3262 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3263 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3264 **
3265 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3266 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3267 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3268 **
3269 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3270 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3271 **     the journal file.
3272 **
3273 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3274 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3275 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3276 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3277 **
3278 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3279 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3280 **
3281 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3282 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3283 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3284 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3285 */
3286 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3287   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3288   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3289   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3290   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3291 
3292   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3293   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3294 
3295   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3296   if( pSavepoint ){
3297     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3298     if( !pDone ){
3299       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3300     }
3301   }
3302 
3303   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3304   ** being reverted was opened.
3305   */
3306   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3307   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3308 
3309   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3310     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3311   }
3312 
3313   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3314   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3315   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3316   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3317   */
3318   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3319   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3320 
3321   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3322   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3323   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3324   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3325   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3326   ** are played back.
3327   */
3328   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3329     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3330     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3331     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3332       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3333     }
3334     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3335   }else{
3336     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3337   }
3338 
3339   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3340   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3341   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3342   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3343   */
3344   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3345     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3346     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3347     u32 dummy;
3348     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3349     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3350 
3351     /*
3352     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3353     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3354     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3355     */
3356     if( nJRec==0
3357      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3358     ){
3359       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3360     }
3361     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3362       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3363     }
3364     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3365   }
3366   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3367 
3368   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3369   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3370   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3371   */
3372   if( pSavepoint ){
3373     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3374     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3375 
3376     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3377       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3378     }
3379     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3380       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3381       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3382     }
3383     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3384   }
3385 
3386   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3387   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3388     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3389   }
3390 
3391   return rc;
3392 }
3393 
3394 /*
3395 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3396 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3397 */
3398 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3399   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3400 }
3401 
3402 /*
3403 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3404 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3405 */
3406 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3407   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3408 }
3409 
3410 /*
3411 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3412 */
3413 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3414 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3415   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3416   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3417     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3418     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3419     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3420     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3421   }
3422 #endif
3423 }
3424 
3425 /*
3426 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3427 */
3428 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3429   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3430   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3431 }
3432 
3433 /*
3434 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3435 */
3436 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3437   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3438 }
3439 
3440 /*
3441 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3442 **
3443 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3444 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3445 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3446 ** There are three levels:
3447 **
3448 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3449 **              for temporary and transient files.
3450 **
3451 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3452 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3453 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3454 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3455 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3456 **              when it is rolled back.
3457 **
3458 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3459 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3460 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3461 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3462 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3463 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3464 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3465 **
3466 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3467 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3468 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3469 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3470 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3471 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3472 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3473 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
3474 **
3475 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3476 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3477 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3478 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3479 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3480 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3481 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3482 **
3483 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3484 ** and FULL=3.
3485 */
3486 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3487 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3488   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3489   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3490 ){
3491   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3492   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
3493   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3494   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
3495   if( pPager->noSync ){
3496     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3497     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3498   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3499     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3500     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3501   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3502     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3503     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3504   }else{
3505     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3506     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3507   }
3508   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3509   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3510     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3511   }
3512   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3513     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3514   }else{
3515     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3516   }
3517 }
3518 #endif
3519 
3520 /*
3521 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3522 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3523 ** testing and analysis only.
3524 */
3525 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3526 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3527 #endif
3528 
3529 /*
3530 ** Open a temporary file.
3531 **
3532 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3533 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3534 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3535 **
3536 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3537 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3538 **
3539 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3540 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3541 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3542 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3543 */
3544 static int pagerOpentemp(
3545   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3546   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3547   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3548 ){
3549   int rc;               /* Return code */
3550 
3551 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3552   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3553 #endif
3554 
3555   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3556             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3557   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3558   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3559   return rc;
3560 }
3561 
3562 /*
3563 ** Set the busy handler function.
3564 **
3565 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3566 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3567 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3568 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3569 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3570 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3571 **
3572 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3573 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3574 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3575 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3576 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3577 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3578 **
3579 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3580 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3581 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3582 */
3583 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3584   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3585   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3586   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3587 ){
3588   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3589   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3590 
3591   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3592     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3593     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3594     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3595     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3596   }
3597 }
3598 
3599 /*
3600 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3601 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3602 **
3603 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3604 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3605 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3606 **
3607 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3608 **
3609 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3610 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3611 **
3612 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3613 **
3614 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3615 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3616 **
3617 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3618 **
3619 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3620 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3621 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3622 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3623 **
3624 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3625 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3626 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3627 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3628 */
3629 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3630   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3631 
3632   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3633   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3634   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3635   **
3636   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3637   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3638   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3639   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3640   */
3641 
3642   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3643   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3644   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3645    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3646    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3647   ){
3648     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3649     i64 nByte = 0;
3650 
3651     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3652       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3653     }
3654     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3655       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3656       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
3657     }
3658 
3659     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3660       pager_reset(pPager);
3661       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3662     }
3663     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3664       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3665       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3666       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3667       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3668     }else{
3669       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3670     }
3671   }
3672 
3673   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3674   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3675     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3676     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3677     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3678     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3679     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3680   }
3681   return rc;
3682 }
3683 
3684 /*
3685 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3686 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3687 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3688 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3689 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3690 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3691 */
3692 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3693   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3694 }
3695 
3696 /*
3697 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3698 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3699 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3700 **
3701 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3702 */
3703 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3704   if( mxPage>0 ){
3705     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3706   }
3707   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3708   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3709   return pPager->mxPgno;
3710 }
3711 
3712 /*
3713 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3714 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3715 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3716 **
3717 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3718 ** and generate no code.
3719 */
3720 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3721 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3722 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3723 static int saved_cnt;
3724 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3725   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3726   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3727 }
3728 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3729   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3730 }
3731 #else
3732 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3733 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3734 #endif
3735 
3736 /*
3737 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3738 ** that pDest points to.
3739 **
3740 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3741 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3742 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3743 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3744 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3745 **
3746 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3747 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3748 ** output buffer undefined.
3749 */
3750 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3751   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3752   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3753   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3754 
3755   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3756   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3757   ** to WAL mode yet.
3758   */
3759   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3760 
3761   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3762     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3763     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3764     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3765       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3766     }
3767   }
3768   return rc;
3769 }
3770 
3771 /*
3772 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3773 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3774 **
3775 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3776 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3777 */
3778 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3779   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3780   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3781   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3782 }
3783 
3784 
3785 /*
3786 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3787 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3788 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3789 **
3790 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3791 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3792 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3793 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3794 **
3795 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3796 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3797 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3798 */
3799 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3800   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3801 
3802   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3803   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3804   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3805   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3806   */
3807   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3808        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3809        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3810   );
3811 
3812   do {
3813     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3814   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3815   return rc;
3816 }
3817 
3818 /*
3819 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3820 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3821 **
3822 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3823 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3824 **
3825 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3826 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3827 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3828 **
3829 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3830 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3831 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3832 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3833 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3834 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3835 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3836 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3837 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3838 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3839 */
3840 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3841 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3842   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3843   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3844 }
3845 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3846   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3847 }
3848 #else
3849 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3850 #endif
3851 
3852 /*
3853 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3854 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3855 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3856 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3857 **
3858 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3859 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3860 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3861 ** then continue writing to the database.
3862 */
3863 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3864   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3865   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3866   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3867 
3868   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3869   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3870   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3871   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3872   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3873   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3874   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3875   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3876   ** is no longer correct. */
3877 }
3878 
3879 
3880 /*
3881 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3882 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3883 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3884 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3885 **
3886 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3887 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3888 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3889 ** content as this process.
3890 **
3891 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3892 ** an SQLite error code.
3893 */
3894 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3895   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3896   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3897     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3898   }
3899   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3900     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3901   }
3902   return rc;
3903 }
3904 
3905 /*
3906 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3907 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3908 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3909 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3910 ** *ppPage to zero.
3911 **
3912 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3913 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3914 */
3915 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3916   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3917   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3918   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3919   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3920 ){
3921   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3922 
3923   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3924     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3925     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3926     p->pDirty = 0;
3927     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3928   }else{
3929     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3930     if( p==0 ){
3931       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3932       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
3933     }
3934     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3935     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3936     p->nRef = 1;
3937     p->pPager = pPager;
3938   }
3939 
3940   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3941   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3942   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3943   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3944   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3945 
3946   p->pgno = pgno;
3947   p->pData = pData;
3948   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3949 
3950   return SQLITE_OK;
3951 }
3952 
3953 /*
3954 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3955 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3956 */
3957 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3958   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3959   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3960   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3961   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3962 
3963   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3964   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3965 }
3966 
3967 /*
3968 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3969 */
3970 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
3971   PgHdr *p;
3972   PgHdr *pNext;
3973   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
3974     pNext = p->pDirty;
3975     sqlite3_free(p);
3976   }
3977 }
3978 
3979 
3980 /*
3981 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
3982 **
3983 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
3984 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
3985 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
3986 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
3987 ** result in a coredump.
3988 **
3989 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
3990 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
3991 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
3992 ** to the caller.
3993 */
3994 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
3995   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
3996 
3997   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
3998   disable_simulated_io_errors();
3999   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4000   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4001   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4002   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4003 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4004   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
4005   pPager->pWal = 0;
4006 #endif
4007   pager_reset(pPager);
4008   if( MEMDB ){
4009     pager_unlock(pPager);
4010   }else{
4011     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4012     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4013     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4014     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4015     **
4016     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4017     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4018     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4019     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4020     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4021     */
4022     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4023       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4024     }
4025     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4026   }
4027   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4028   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4029   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4030   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4031   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4032   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4033   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4034   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4035 
4036 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4037   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4038 #endif
4039 
4040   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4041   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4042 
4043   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4044   return SQLITE_OK;
4045 }
4046 
4047 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4048 /*
4049 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4050 */
4051 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4052   return pPg->pgno;
4053 }
4054 #endif
4055 
4056 /*
4057 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4058 */
4059 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4060   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4061 }
4062 
4063 /*
4064 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4065 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4066 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4067 **
4068 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4069 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4070 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4071 **
4072 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4073 **     be taken.
4074 **
4075 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4076 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4077 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4078 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4079 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4080 **
4081 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4082 **     journal file is synced.
4083 **
4084 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4085 **
4086 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4087 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4088 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4089 **       <update nRec field>
4090 **     }
4091 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4092 **   }
4093 **
4094 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4095 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4096 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4097 */
4098 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4099   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4100 
4101   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4102        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4103   );
4104   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4105   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4106 
4107   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4108   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4109 
4110   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4111     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4112     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4113       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4114       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4115 
4116       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4117         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4118         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4119         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4120         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4121         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4122         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4123         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4124         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4125         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4126         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4127         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4128         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4129         **
4130         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4131         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4132         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4133         **
4134         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4135         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4136         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4137         ** the potential journal header.
4138         */
4139         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4140         u8 aMagic[8];
4141         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4142 
4143         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4144         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4145 
4146         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4147         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4148         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4149           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4150           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4151         }
4152         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4153           return rc;
4154         }
4155 
4156         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4157         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4158         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4159         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4160         **
4161         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4162         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4163         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4164         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4165         ** and never needs to be updated.
4166         */
4167         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4168           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4169           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4170           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4171           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4172         }
4173         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4174         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4175             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4176         );
4177         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4178       }
4179       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4180         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4181         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4182         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4183           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4184         );
4185         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4186       }
4187 
4188       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4189       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4190         pPager->nRec = 0;
4191         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4192         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4193       }
4194     }else{
4195       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4196     }
4197   }
4198 
4199   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4200   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4201   ** all pages.
4202   */
4203   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4204   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4205   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4206   return SQLITE_OK;
4207 }
4208 
4209 /*
4210 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4211 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4212 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4213 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4214 ** a no-op.
4215 **
4216 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4217 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4218 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4219 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4220 **
4221 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4222 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4223 ** written out.
4224 **
4225 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4226 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4227 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4228 **
4229 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4230 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4231 **
4232 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4233 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4234 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4235 ** the database file.
4236 **
4237 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4238 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4239 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4240 */
4241 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4242   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4243 
4244   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4245   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4246   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4247   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4248 
4249   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4250   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4251   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4252   */
4253   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4254     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4255     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4256   }
4257 
4258   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4259   ** file size will be.
4260   */
4261   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4262   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4263    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4264    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4265   ){
4266     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4267     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4268     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4269   }
4270 
4271   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4272     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4273 
4274     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4275     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4276     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4277     ** any such pages to the file.
4278     **
4279     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4280     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4281     */
4282     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4283       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4284       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4285 
4286       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4287       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4288 
4289       /* Encode the database */
4290       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
4291 
4292       /* Write out the page data. */
4293       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4294 
4295       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4296       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4297       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4298       */
4299       if( pgno==1 ){
4300         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4301       }
4302       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4303         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4304       }
4305       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4306 
4307       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4308       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4309 
4310       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4311                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4312       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4313       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4314     }else{
4315       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4316     }
4317     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4318     pList = pList->pDirty;
4319   }
4320 
4321   return rc;
4322 }
4323 
4324 /*
4325 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4326 ** function is a no-op.
4327 **
4328 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4329 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4330 ** fails.
4331 */
4332 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4333   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4334   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4335     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4336       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
4337     }else{
4338       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
4339     }
4340   }
4341   return rc;
4342 }
4343 
4344 /*
4345 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4346 **
4347 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4348 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4349 **
4350 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4351 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4352 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4353 ** bitvec.
4354 */
4355 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4356   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4357   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4358   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4359 
4360     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4361     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4362     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4363     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4364     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4365          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4366          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4367     );
4368     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4369 
4370     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4371     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4372     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4373       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4374       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4375       char *pData2;
4376 
4377       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
4378       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4379       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4380       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4381         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4382       }
4383     }
4384   }
4385   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4386     pPager->nSubRec++;
4387     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4388     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4389   }
4390   return rc;
4391 }
4392 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4393   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4394     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4395   }else{
4396     return SQLITE_OK;
4397   }
4398 }
4399 
4400 /*
4401 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4402 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4403 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4404 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4405 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4406 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4407 ** argument.
4408 **
4409 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4410 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4411 ** journal file.
4412 **
4413 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4414 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4415 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4416 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4417 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4418 */
4419 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4420   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4421   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4422 
4423   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4424   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4425 
4426   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4427   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4428   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4429   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4430   **
4431   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4432   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4433   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4434   **
4435   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4436   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4437   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4438   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4439   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4440   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4441   */
4442   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4443   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4444   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4445   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4446   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4447    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4448       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4449   ){
4450     return SQLITE_OK;
4451   }
4452 
4453   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4454   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4455     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4456     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4457     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4458       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4459     }
4460   }else{
4461 
4462     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4463     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4464      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4465     ){
4466       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4467     }
4468 
4469     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4470     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4471       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4472       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4473     }
4474   }
4475 
4476   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4477   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4478     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4479     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4480   }
4481 
4482   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4483 }
4484 
4485 /*
4486 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4487 */
4488 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4489   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4490   if( !MEMDB ){
4491     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4492     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4493     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4494       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4495       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4496         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4497       }
4498       pList = pNext;
4499     }
4500   }
4501 
4502   return rc;
4503 }
4504 
4505 /*
4506 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4507 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4508 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4509 **
4510 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4511 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4512 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4513 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4514 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4515 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4516 **
4517 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4518 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4519 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4520 **
4521 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4522 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4523 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4524 **
4525 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4526 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4527 **
4528 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4529 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4530 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4531 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4532 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4533 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4534 */
4535 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4536   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4537   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4538   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4539   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4540   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4541   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4542   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4543 ){
4544   u8 *pPtr;
4545   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4546   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4547   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4548   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4549   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4550   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4551   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4552   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4553   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4554   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4555   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4556   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4557   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4558 
4559   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4560   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
4561   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
4562   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
4563   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
4564   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
4565   ** source file journal.c).
4566   */
4567   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
4568     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4569   }else{
4570     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
4571   }
4572 
4573   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4574   *ppPager = 0;
4575 
4576 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4577   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4578     memDb = 1;
4579     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4580       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4581       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4582       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4583       zFilename = 0;
4584     }
4585   }
4586 #endif
4587 
4588   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4589   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4590   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4591   */
4592   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4593     const char *z;
4594     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4595     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4596     if( zPathname==0 ){
4597       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4598     }
4599     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4600     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4601     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4602     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4603     while( *z ){
4604       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4605       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4606     }
4607     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4608     assert( nUri>=0 );
4609     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4610       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4611       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4612       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4613       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4614       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4615       */
4616       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4617     }
4618     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4619       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4620       return rc;
4621     }
4622   }
4623 
4624   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4625   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4626   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4627   **
4628   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4629   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4630   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4631   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4632   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4633   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4634   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4635   */
4636   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4637     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4638     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4639     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4640     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4641     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4642     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4643 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4644     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4645 #endif
4646   );
4647   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4648   if( !pPtr ){
4649     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4650     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
4651   }
4652   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4653   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4654   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4655   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4656   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4657   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4658   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4659 
4660   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4661   if( zPathname ){
4662     assert( nPathname>0 );
4663     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4664     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4665     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4666     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4667     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4668     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4669 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4670     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4671     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4672     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4673     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4674 #endif
4675     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4676   }
4677   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4678   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4679 
4680   /* Open the pager file.
4681   */
4682   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4683     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4684     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4685     assert( !memDb );
4686     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4687 
4688     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4689     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4690     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4691     **
4692     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4693     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4694     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4695     */
4696     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4697       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4698       if( !readOnly ){
4699         setSectorSize(pPager);
4700         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4701         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4702           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4703             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4704           }else{
4705             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4706           }
4707         }
4708 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4709         {
4710           int ii;
4711           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4712           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4713           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4714           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4715             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4716               szPageDflt = ii;
4717             }
4718           }
4719         }
4720 #endif
4721       }
4722       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4723       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4724        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4725           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4726           goto act_like_temp_file;
4727       }
4728     }
4729   }else{
4730     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4731     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4732     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4733     **
4734     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4735     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4736     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4737     **
4738     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4739     */
4740 act_like_temp_file:
4741     tempFile = 1;
4742     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4743     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4744     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4745     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4746   }
4747 
4748   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4749   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4750   */
4751   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4752     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4753     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4754     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4755   }
4756 
4757   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4758   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4759     assert( nExtra<1000 );
4760     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4761     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4762                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4763   }
4764 
4765   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4766   */
4767   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4768     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4769     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4770     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4771     return rc;
4772   }
4773 
4774   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4775   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4776 
4777   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4778   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4779   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4780   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4781   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4782   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4783   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4784   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4785   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4786   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4787   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4788   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4789           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4790   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4791   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4792   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4793   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4794   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4795   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4796   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4797   if( pPager->noSync ){
4798     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4799     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4800     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4801     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4802   }else{
4803     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4804     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4805     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4806     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4807   }
4808   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4809   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4810   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4811   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4812   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4813   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4814   setSectorSize(pPager);
4815   if( !useJournal ){
4816     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4817   }else if( memDb ){
4818     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4819   }
4820   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4821   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4822   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4823   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4824   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4825 
4826   *ppPager = pPager;
4827   return SQLITE_OK;
4828 }
4829 
4830 
4831 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4832 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4833 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4834 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4835 */
4836 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4837   int bHasMoved = 0;
4838   int rc;
4839 
4840   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4841   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4842   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4843   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4844   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4845     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4846     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4847     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4848     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4849   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4850     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4851   }
4852   return rc;
4853 }
4854 
4855 
4856 /*
4857 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4858 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4859 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4860 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4861 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4862 **
4863 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4864 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4865 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4866 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4867 **
4868 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4869 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4870 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4871 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4872 ** is returned.
4873 **
4874 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4875 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4876 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4877 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4878 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4879 ** will not roll it back.
4880 **
4881 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4882 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4883 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4884 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4885 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4886 */
4887 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4888   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4889   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4890   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4891   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4892 
4893   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4894   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4895   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4896 
4897   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4898     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4899   ));
4900 
4901   *pExists = 0;
4902   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4903     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4904   }
4905   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4906     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4907 
4908     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4909     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4910     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4911     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4912     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4913     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4914     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4915     */
4916     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4917     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4918       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4919 
4920       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4921       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4922         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4923         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4924         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4925         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4926         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4927         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4928         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4929         */
4930         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4931           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4932           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4933             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4934             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4935           }
4936           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4937         }else{
4938           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4939           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4940           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4941           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4942           ** it can be ignored.
4943           */
4944           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4945             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4946             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4947           }
4948           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4949             u8 first = 0;
4950             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4951             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4952               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4953             }
4954             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4955               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4956             }
4957             *pExists = (first!=0);
4958           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4959             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4960             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4961             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4962             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4963             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4964             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4965             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4966             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4967             */
4968             *pExists = 1;
4969             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4970           }
4971         }
4972       }
4973     }
4974   }
4975 
4976   return rc;
4977 }
4978 
4979 /*
4980 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
4981 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
4982 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
4983 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
4984 **
4985 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
4986 **
4987 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
4988 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
4989 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
4990 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
4991 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
4992 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
4993 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
4994 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
4995 **
4996 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
4997 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
4998 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
4999 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5000 **      file.
5001 **
5002 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5003 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5004 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5005 */
5006 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5007   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5008 
5009   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5010   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5011   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5012   ** exclusive access mode.
5013   */
5014   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5015   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5016   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5017   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
5018 
5019   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5020     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5021 
5022     assert( !MEMDB );
5023 
5024     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5025     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5026       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5027       goto failed;
5028     }
5029 
5030     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5031     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5032     */
5033     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5034       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5035     }
5036     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5037       goto failed;
5038     }
5039     if( bHotJournal ){
5040       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5041         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5042         goto failed;
5043       }
5044 
5045       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5046       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5047       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5048       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5049       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5050       ** hot-journal back.
5051       **
5052       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5053       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5054       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5055       ** on the database file.
5056       **
5057       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5058       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5059       */
5060       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5061       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5062         goto failed;
5063       }
5064 
5065       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5066       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5067       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5068       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5069       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5070       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5071       **
5072       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5073       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5074       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5075       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5076       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5077       */
5078       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5079         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5080         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5081         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5082             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5083         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5084           int fout = 0;
5085           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5086           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5087           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5088           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5089           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5090             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5091             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5092           }
5093         }
5094       }
5095 
5096       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5097       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5098       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5099       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5100       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5101       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5102       ** the journal before playing it back.
5103       */
5104       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5105         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5106         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5107         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5108           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
5109           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5110         }
5111       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5112         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5113       }
5114 
5115       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5116         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5117         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5118         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5119         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5120         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5121         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5122         **
5123         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5124         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5125         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5126         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5127         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5128         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5129         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5130         ** references.
5131         */
5132         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5133         goto failed;
5134       }
5135 
5136       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5137       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5138            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5139       );
5140     }
5141 
5142     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5143       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5144       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5145       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5146       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5147       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5148       **
5149       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5150       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5151       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5152       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5153       ** a codec is in use.
5154       **
5155       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5156       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5157       ** it can be neglected.
5158       */
5159       Pgno nPage = 0;
5160       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5161 
5162       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5163       if( rc ) goto failed;
5164 
5165       if( nPage>0 ){
5166         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5167         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5168         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5169           goto failed;
5170         }
5171       }else{
5172         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5173       }
5174 
5175       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5176         pager_reset(pPager);
5177 
5178         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5179         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5180         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5181         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5182         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5183         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5184         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5185           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5186         }
5187       }
5188     }
5189 
5190     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5191     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5192     */
5193     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5194 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5195     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5196 #endif
5197   }
5198 
5199   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5200     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5201     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5202   }
5203 
5204   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5205     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5206   }
5207 
5208  failed:
5209   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5210     assert( !MEMDB );
5211     pager_unlock(pPager);
5212     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5213   }else{
5214     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5215     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5216   }
5217   return rc;
5218 }
5219 
5220 /*
5221 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5222 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5223 **
5224 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5225 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5226 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5227 */
5228 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5229   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5230     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5231   }
5232 }
5233 
5234 /*
5235 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5236 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5237 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5238 **
5239 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5240 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5241 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5242 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5243 ** object with no outstanding references.
5244 **
5245 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5246 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5247 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5248 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5249 **
5250 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5251 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5252 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5253 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5254 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5255 **
5256 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5257 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5258 **
5259 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5260 **
5261 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5262 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5263 **      from the savepoint journal.
5264 **
5265 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5266 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5267 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5268 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5269 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5270 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5271 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5272 **
5273 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5274 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5275 **
5276 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5277 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5278 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5279 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5280 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5281 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5282 ** or journal files.
5283 */
5284 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5285   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5286   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5287   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5288   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5289 ){
5290   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5291   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5292   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5293   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5294 
5295   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5296   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5297   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5298   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5299   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5300    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5301 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5302    && pPager->xCodec==0
5303 #endif
5304   );
5305 
5306   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5307   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5308   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5309   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5310   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5311     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5312   }
5313   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5314   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5315   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5316 
5317   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5318 
5319   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5320   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5321   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5322     rc = pPager->errCode;
5323   }else{
5324     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5325       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5326       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5327     }
5328 
5329     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5330       void *pData = 0;
5331 
5332       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5333           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5334       );
5335 
5336       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5337         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){
5338           pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5339         }
5340         if( pPg==0 ){
5341           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5342         }else{
5343           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5344         }
5345         if( pPg ){
5346           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5347           *ppPage = pPg;
5348           return SQLITE_OK;
5349         }
5350       }
5351       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5352         goto pager_acquire_err;
5353       }
5354     }
5355 
5356     {
5357       sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5358       pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5359       if( pBase==0 ){
5360         rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5361         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5362         if( pBase==0 ){
5363           pPg = *ppPage = 0;
5364           rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
5365           goto pager_acquire_err;
5366         }
5367       }
5368       pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5369       assert( pPg!=0 );
5370     }
5371   }
5372 
5373   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5374     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5375     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5376     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5377     pPg = 0;
5378     goto pager_acquire_err;
5379   }
5380   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5381   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5382   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5383 
5384   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5385     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5386     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5387     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5388     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5389     return SQLITE_OK;
5390 
5391   }else{
5392     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5393     ** be initialized.  */
5394 
5395     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5396 
5397     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5398     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5399     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5400       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5401       goto pager_acquire_err;
5402     }
5403 
5404     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
5405       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5406         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5407         goto pager_acquire_err;
5408       }
5409       if( noContent ){
5410         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5411         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5412         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5413         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5414         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5415         */
5416         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5417         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5418           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5419           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5420         }
5421         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5422         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5423         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5424       }
5425       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5426       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5427     }else{
5428       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5429         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5430         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5431       }
5432       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5433       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5434       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5435       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5436         goto pager_acquire_err;
5437       }
5438     }
5439     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5440   }
5441 
5442   return SQLITE_OK;
5443 
5444 pager_acquire_err:
5445   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5446   if( pPg ){
5447     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5448   }
5449   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5450 
5451   *ppPage = 0;
5452   return rc;
5453 }
5454 
5455 /*
5456 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5457 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5458 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5459 **
5460 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5461 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5462 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5463 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5464 ** has ever happened.
5465 */
5466 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5467   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5468   assert( pPager!=0 );
5469   assert( pgno!=0 );
5470   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5471   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5472   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5473   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5474   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5475 }
5476 
5477 /*
5478 ** Release a page reference.
5479 **
5480 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5481 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5482 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5483 ** removed.
5484 */
5485 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5486   Pager *pPager;
5487   assert( pPg!=0 );
5488   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5489   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5490     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5491   }else{
5492     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5493   }
5494   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5495 }
5496 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5497   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5498 }
5499 
5500 /*
5501 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5502 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5503 ** file when this routine is called.
5504 **
5505 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5506 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5507 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5508 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5509 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5510 **
5511 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5512 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5513 ** already open file.
5514 **
5515 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5516 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5517 **
5518 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5519 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5520 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5521 */
5522 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5523   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5524   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5525 
5526   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5527   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5528   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5529 
5530   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5531   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5532   ** an error state. */
5533   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5534 
5535   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5536     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5537     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5538       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
5539     }
5540 
5541     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5542     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5543       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5544         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5545       }else{
5546         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
5547           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
5548           (pPager->tempFile ?
5549             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
5550             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
5551           );
5552 
5553         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5554         ** it was originally opened. */
5555         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5556         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5557 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
5558           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
5559               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
5560           );
5561 #else
5562           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
5563 #endif
5564         }
5565       }
5566       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5567     }
5568 
5569 
5570     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5571     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5572     */
5573     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5574       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5575       pPager->nRec = 0;
5576       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5577       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5578       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5579       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5580     }
5581   }
5582 
5583   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5584     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5585     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5586   }else{
5587     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5588     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5589   }
5590 
5591   return rc;
5592 }
5593 
5594 /*
5595 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5596 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5597 **
5598 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5599 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5600 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5601 ** functions need be called.
5602 **
5603 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5604 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5605 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5606 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5607 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5608 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5609 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5610 */
5611 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5612   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5613 
5614   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5615   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5616   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5617 
5618   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5619     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5620 
5621     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5622       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5623       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5624       */
5625       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5626         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5627         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5628           return rc;
5629         }
5630         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5631       }
5632 
5633       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5634       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5635       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5636       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5637       */
5638       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5639     }else{
5640       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5641       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5642       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5643       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5644       */
5645       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5646       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5647         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5648       }
5649     }
5650 
5651     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5652       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5653       **
5654       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5655       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5656       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5657       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5658       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5659       ** WAL mode.
5660       */
5661       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5662       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5663       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5664       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5665       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5666     }
5667 
5668     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5669     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5670     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5671   }
5672 
5673   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5674   return rc;
5675 }
5676 
5677 /*
5678 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5679 */
5680 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5681   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5682   int rc;
5683   u32 cksum;
5684   char *pData2;
5685   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5686 
5687   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5688   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5689   ** that we do not. */
5690   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5691 
5692   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5693   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
5694   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5695 
5696   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5697   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5698   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5699   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5700   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5701   ** then corruption may follow.
5702   */
5703   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5704 
5705   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5706   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5707   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5708   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5709   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5710   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5711 
5712   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5713            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5714   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5715   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5716        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5717        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5718 
5719   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5720   pPager->nRec++;
5721   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5722   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5723   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5724   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5725   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5726   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5727   return rc;
5728 }
5729 
5730 /*
5731 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5732 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5733 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5734 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5735 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5736 */
5737 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5738   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5739   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5740 
5741   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5742   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5743   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5744   */
5745   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5746        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5747        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5748   );
5749   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5750   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5751   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5752   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5753 
5754   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5755   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5756   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5757   **
5758   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5759   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5760   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5761   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5762   */
5763   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5764     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5765     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5766   }
5767   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5768   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5769 
5770   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5771   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5772 
5773   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5774   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5775   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5776   */
5777   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5778   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5779    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5780   ){
5781     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5782     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5783       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5784       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5785         return rc;
5786       }
5787     }else{
5788       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5789         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5790       }
5791       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5792               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5793              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5794     }
5795   }
5796 
5797   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5798   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5799   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5800   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5801   */
5802   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5803 
5804   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5805   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5806   */
5807   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5808     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5809   }
5810 
5811   /* Update the database size and return. */
5812   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5813     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5814   }
5815   return rc;
5816 }
5817 
5818 /*
5819 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5820 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5821 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5822 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5823 ** a write.
5824 **
5825 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5826 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5827 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5828 */
5829 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5830   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5831   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5832   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5833   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5834   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5835   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5836   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5837   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5838 
5839   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5840   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5841   ** this function.
5842   */
5843   assert( !MEMDB );
5844   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5845   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5846 
5847   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5848   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5849   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5850   */
5851   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5852 
5853   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5854   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5855     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5856   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5857     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5858   }else{
5859     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5860   }
5861   assert(nPage>0);
5862   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5863   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5864 
5865   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5866     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5867     PgHdr *pPage;
5868     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5869       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5870         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5871         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5872           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5873           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5874             needSync = 1;
5875           }
5876           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5877         }
5878       }
5879     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5880       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5881         needSync = 1;
5882       }
5883       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5884     }
5885   }
5886 
5887   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5888   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5889   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5890   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5891   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5892   */
5893   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5894     assert( !MEMDB );
5895     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5896       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5897       if( pPage ){
5898         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5899         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5900       }
5901     }
5902   }
5903 
5904   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5905   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5906   return rc;
5907 }
5908 
5909 /*
5910 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5911 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5912 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5913 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5914 **
5915 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5916 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5917 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5918 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5919 **
5920 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5921 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5922 */
5923 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5924   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5925   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5926   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5927   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5928   if( pPager->errCode ){
5929     return pPager->errCode;
5930   }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
5931     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5932     return SQLITE_OK;
5933   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5934     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5935   }else{
5936     return pager_write(pPg);
5937   }
5938 }
5939 
5940 /*
5941 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5942 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5943 ** to change the content of the page.
5944 */
5945 #ifndef NDEBUG
5946 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5947   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5948 }
5949 #endif
5950 
5951 /*
5952 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5953 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5954 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5955 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5956 ** content no longer matters.
5957 **
5958 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5959 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5960 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5961 **
5962 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5963 ** DELETE operations.
5964 */
5965 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5966   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5967   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
5968     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
5969     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
5970     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
5971     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5972     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5973   }
5974 }
5975 
5976 /*
5977 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
5978 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
5979 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
5980 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
5981 **
5982 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
5983 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
5984 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
5985 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
5986 **
5987 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
5988 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
5989 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
5990 ** transaction is committed.
5991 **
5992 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
5993 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
5994 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
5995 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
5996 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
5997 */
5998 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
5999   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6000 
6001   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6002        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6003   );
6004   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6005 
6006   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6007   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6008   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6009   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6010   **
6011   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6012   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6013   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6014   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6015   */
6016 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6017 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6018   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6019   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6020 #else
6021 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6022 #endif
6023 
6024   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6025     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6026 
6027     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6028 
6029     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6030     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6031     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6032 
6033     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6034     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6035     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6036     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6037     */
6038     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6039       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6040     }
6041 
6042     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6043       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6044       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6045 
6046       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6047       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6048         const void *zBuf;
6049         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6050         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
6051         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6052           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6053           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6054         }
6055         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6056           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6057           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6058           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6059           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6060           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6061           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6062         }
6063       }else{
6064         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6065       }
6066     }
6067 
6068     /* Release the page reference. */
6069     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6070   }
6071   return rc;
6072 }
6073 
6074 /*
6075 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6076 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6077 **
6078 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6079 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6080 */
6081 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6082   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6083 
6084   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6085     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6086     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6087     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6088   }
6089   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6090     assert( !MEMDB );
6091     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6092   }
6093   return rc;
6094 }
6095 
6096 /*
6097 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6098 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6099 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6100 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6101 **
6102 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6103 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6104 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6105 ** returned.
6106 */
6107 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6108   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6109   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6110   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6111     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6112          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6113          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6114     );
6115     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6116     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6117       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6118     }
6119   }
6120   return rc;
6121 }
6122 
6123 /*
6124 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6125 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6126 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6127 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6128 **
6129 ** This routine ensures that:
6130 **
6131 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6132 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6133 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6134 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6135 **   * the database file synced.
6136 **
6137 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6138 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6139 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6140 **
6141 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6142 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6143 **
6144 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6145 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6146 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6147 ** journal file in this case.
6148 */
6149 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6150   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6151   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6152   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6153 ){
6154   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6155 
6156   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6157        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6158        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6159        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6160   );
6161   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6162 
6163   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6164   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6165 
6166   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6167       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6168 
6169   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6170   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6171 
6172   if( MEMDB ){
6173     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6174     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6175     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
6176     */
6177     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6178   }else{
6179     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6180       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6181       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6182       if( pList==0 ){
6183         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6184         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6185         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6186         pList = pPageOne;
6187         pList->pDirty = 0;
6188       }
6189       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6190       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6191         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6192       }
6193       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6194       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6195         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6196       }
6197     }else{
6198       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6199       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6200       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6201       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6202       **
6203       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6204       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6205       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6206       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6207       **
6208       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6209       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6210       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6211       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6212       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6213       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6214       ** mode.
6215       **
6216       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6217       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6218       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6219       ** created for this transaction.
6220       */
6221   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6222       PgHdr *pPg;
6223       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6224            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6225            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6226       );
6227       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6228        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6229        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6230        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6231       ){
6232         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6233         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6234         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6235         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6236         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6237         */
6238         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6239       }else{
6240         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6241         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6242           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6243         }
6244       }
6245   #else
6246       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6247   #endif
6248       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6249 
6250       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6251       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6252       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6253       */
6254       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6255       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6256 
6257       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6258       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6259       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6260       **
6261       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6262       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6263       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6264       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6265       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6266       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6267       */
6268       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6269       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6270 
6271       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6272       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6273         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6274         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6275       }
6276       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6277 
6278       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6279       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6280       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6281       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6282       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6283       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6284       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6285         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6286         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6287         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6288         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6289       }
6290 
6291       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6292       if( !noSync ){
6293         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6294       }
6295       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6296     }
6297   }
6298 
6299 commit_phase_one_exit:
6300   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6301     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6302   }
6303   return rc;
6304 }
6305 
6306 
6307 /*
6308 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6309 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6310 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6311 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6312 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6313 **
6314 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6315 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6316 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6317 ** irrevocably committed.
6318 **
6319 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6320 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6321 */
6322 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6323   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6324 
6325   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6326   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6327   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6328   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6329 
6330   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6331        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6332        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6333   );
6334   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6335 
6336   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6337   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6338   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6339   **
6340   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6341   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6342   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6343   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6344   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6345   ** to drop any locks either.
6346   */
6347   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6348    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6349    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6350   ){
6351     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6352     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6353     return SQLITE_OK;
6354   }
6355 
6356   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6357   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6358   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6359   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6360 }
6361 
6362 /*
6363 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6364 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6365 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6366 ** state if an error occurs.
6367 **
6368 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6369 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6370 **
6371 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6372 **
6373 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6374 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6375 **      was opened, and
6376 **
6377 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6378 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6379 **
6380 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6381 ** rollback is successful.
6382 **
6383 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6384 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6385 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6386 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6387 */
6388 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6389   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6390   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6391 
6392   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6393   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6394   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6395   */
6396   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6397   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6398   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6399 
6400   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6401     int rc2;
6402     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6403     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6404     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6405   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6406     int eState = pPager->eState;
6407     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6408     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6409       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6410       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6411       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6412       */
6413       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6414       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6415       return rc;
6416     }
6417   }else{
6418     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6419   }
6420 
6421   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6422   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6423           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6424           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6425   );
6426 
6427   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6428   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6429   */
6430   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6431 }
6432 
6433 /*
6434 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6435 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6436 */
6437 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6438   return pPager->readOnly;
6439 }
6440 
6441 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6442 /*
6443 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6444 */
6445 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6446   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6447 }
6448 #endif
6449 
6450 /*
6451 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6452 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6453 */
6454 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6455   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6456                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6457   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6458            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6459            + pPager->pageSize;
6460 }
6461 
6462 /*
6463 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6464 */
6465 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6466   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6467 }
6468 
6469 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6470 /*
6471 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6472 */
6473 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6474   static int a[11];
6475   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6476   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6477   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6478   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6479   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6480   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6481   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6482   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6483   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6484   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6485   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6486   return a;
6487 }
6488 #endif
6489 
6490 /*
6491 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6492 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6493 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6494 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6495 ** returning.
6496 */
6497 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6498 
6499   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6500        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6501        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6502   );
6503 
6504   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6505   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6506   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6507 
6508   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6509   if( reset ){
6510     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6511   }
6512 }
6513 
6514 /*
6515 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
6516 */
6517 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6518   return MEMDB;
6519 }
6520 
6521 /*
6522 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6523 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6524 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6525 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6526 **
6527 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6528 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6529 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6530 */
6531 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6532   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6533   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6534   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6535   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6536 
6537   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6538   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6539   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6540 
6541   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6542   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6543   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6544   */
6545   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6546       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6547   );
6548   if( !aNew ){
6549     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6550   }
6551   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6552   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6553 
6554   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6555   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6556     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6557     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6558       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6559     }else{
6560       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6561     }
6562     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6563     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6564     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6565       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
6566     }
6567     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6568       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6569     }
6570     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6571   }
6572   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6573   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6574   return rc;
6575 }
6576 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6577   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6578   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6579 
6580   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6581     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6582   }else{
6583     return SQLITE_OK;
6584   }
6585 }
6586 
6587 
6588 /*
6589 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6590 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6591 ** created savepoint.
6592 **
6593 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6594 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6595 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6596 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6597 **
6598 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6599 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6600 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6601 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6602 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6603 **
6604 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6605 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6606 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6607 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6608 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6609 **
6610 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6611 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6612 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6613 **
6614 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6615 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6616 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6617 */
6618 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6619   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
6620 
6621   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6622   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6623 
6624   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6625     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6626     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6627 
6628     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6629     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6630     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6631     */
6632     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6633     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6634       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6635     }
6636     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6637 
6638     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6639     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6640     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6641       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6642         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6643         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
6644           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6645           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6646         }
6647         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6648       }
6649     }
6650     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6651     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6652     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6653     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6654     */
6655     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6656       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6657       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6658       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6659     }
6660   }
6661 
6662   return rc;
6663 }
6664 
6665 /*
6666 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6667 **
6668 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6669 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6670 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6671 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6672 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6673 ** participate in shared-cache.
6674 */
6675 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6676   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6677 }
6678 
6679 /*
6680 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6681 */
6682 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6683   return pPager->pVfs;
6684 }
6685 
6686 /*
6687 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6688 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6689 ** not yet been opened.
6690 */
6691 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6692   return pPager->fd;
6693 }
6694 
6695 /*
6696 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6697 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6698 */
6699 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6700 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6701   return pPager->jfd;
6702 #else
6703   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6704 #endif
6705 }
6706 
6707 /*
6708 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6709 */
6710 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6711   return pPager->zJournal;
6712 }
6713 
6714 /*
6715 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
6716 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
6717 */
6718 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
6719   return pPager->noSync;
6720 }
6721 
6722 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6723 /*
6724 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6725 */
6726 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6727   Pager *pPager,
6728   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6729   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6730   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6731   void *pCodec
6732 ){
6733   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6734   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6735   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6736   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6737   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6738   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6739 }
6740 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6741   return pPager->pCodec;
6742 }
6743 
6744 /*
6745 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6746 ** into the log file.
6747 **
6748 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6749 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6750 */
6751 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6752   void *aData = 0;
6753   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6754   return aData;
6755 }
6756 
6757 /*
6758 ** Return the current pager state
6759 */
6760 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6761   return pPager->eState;
6762 }
6763 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6764 
6765 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6766 /*
6767 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6768 **
6769 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6770 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6771 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6772 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6773 **
6774 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6775 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6776 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6777 **
6778 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6779 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6780 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6781 ** transaction is active).
6782 **
6783 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6784 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6785 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6786 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6787 **
6788 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6789 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6790 */
6791 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6792   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6793   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6794   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6795   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6796 
6797   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6798   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6799        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6800   );
6801   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6802 
6803   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6804   ** the page we are moving from.
6805   */
6806   if( MEMDB ){
6807     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6808     if( rc ) return rc;
6809   }
6810 
6811   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6812   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6813   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6814   **
6815   **   BEGIN;
6816   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6817   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6818   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6819   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6820   **
6821   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6822   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6823   ** statement were is processed.
6824   **
6825   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6826   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6827   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6828   */
6829   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6830    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6831   ){
6832     return rc;
6833   }
6834 
6835   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6836       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6837   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6838 
6839   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6840   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6841   **
6842   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6843   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6844   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6845   */
6846   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6847     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6848     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6849             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6850     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6851   }
6852 
6853   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6854   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6855   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6856   ** for the page moved there.
6857   */
6858   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6859   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6860   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6861   if( pPgOld ){
6862     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6863     if( MEMDB ){
6864       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6865       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6866       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6867     }else{
6868       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6869     }
6870   }
6871 
6872   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6873   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6874   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6875 
6876   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6877   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6878   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6879   */
6880   if( MEMDB ){
6881     assert( pPgOld );
6882     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6883     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6884   }
6885 
6886   if( needSyncPgno ){
6887     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6888     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6889     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6890     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6891     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6892     ** flag.
6893     **
6894     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6895     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6896     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6897     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6898     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6899     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6900     */
6901     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6902     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
6903     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6904       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6905         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6906         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6907       }
6908       return rc;
6909     }
6910     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6911     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6912     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6913   }
6914 
6915   return SQLITE_OK;
6916 }
6917 #endif
6918 
6919 /*
6920 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6921 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6922 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6923 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6924 */
6925 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6926   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6927   pPg->flags = flags;
6928   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6929 }
6930 
6931 /*
6932 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6933 */
6934 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6935   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6936   return pPg->pData;
6937 }
6938 
6939 /*
6940 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6941 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6942 */
6943 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6944   return pPg->pExtra;
6945 }
6946 
6947 /*
6948 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6949 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6950 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
6951 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
6952 **
6953 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
6954 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
6955 ** locking-mode.
6956 */
6957 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6958   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
6959             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
6960             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
6961   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
6962   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
6963   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
6964   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
6965     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
6966   }
6967   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
6968 }
6969 
6970 /*
6971 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
6972 **
6973 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
6974 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
6975 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6976 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6977 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
6978 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6979 **
6980 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
6981 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
6982 **
6983 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
6984 **      or _MEMORY.
6985 **
6986 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
6987 **
6988 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
6989 */
6990 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
6991   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
6992 
6993 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6994   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
6995   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
6996   print_pager_state(pPager);
6997 #endif
6998 
6999 
7000   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7001   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7002             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7003             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7004             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7005             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7006             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7007 
7008   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7009   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7010   ** to WAL mode.
7011   */
7012   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7013 
7014   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7015   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7016   */
7017   if( MEMDB ){
7018     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7019     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7020       eMode = eOld;
7021     }
7022   }
7023 
7024   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7025 
7026     /* Change the journal mode. */
7027     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7028     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7029 
7030     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7031     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7032     ** delete the journal file.
7033     */
7034     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7035     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7036     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7037     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7038     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7039     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7040 
7041     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7042     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7043 
7044       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7045       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7046       ** here is an optimization only.
7047       **
7048       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7049       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7050       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7051       */
7052       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7053       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7054         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7055       }else{
7056         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7057         int state = pPager->eState;
7058         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7059         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7060           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7061         }
7062         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7063           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7064           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7065         }
7066         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7067           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7068         }
7069         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7070           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7071         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7072           pager_unlock(pPager);
7073         }
7074         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7075       }
7076     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7077       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7078     }
7079   }
7080 
7081   /* Return the new journal mode */
7082   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7083 }
7084 
7085 /*
7086 ** Return the current journal mode.
7087 */
7088 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7089   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7090 }
7091 
7092 /*
7093 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7094 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7095 ** is unmodified.
7096 */
7097 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7098   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7099   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7100   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7101   return 1;
7102 }
7103 
7104 /*
7105 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7106 **
7107 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7108 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7109 */
7110 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7111   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7112     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7113     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7114   }
7115   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7116 }
7117 
7118 /*
7119 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7120 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7121 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7122 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7123 */
7124 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7125   return &pPager->pBackup;
7126 }
7127 
7128 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7129 /*
7130 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7131 */
7132 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7133   if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7134 }
7135 #endif
7136 
7137 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7138 /*
7139 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7140 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7141 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7142 **
7143 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7144 */
7145 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7146   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7147   if( pPager->pWal ){
7148     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7149         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7150         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7151         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7152         pnLog, pnCkpt
7153     );
7154   }
7155   return rc;
7156 }
7157 
7158 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7159   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7160 }
7161 
7162 /*
7163 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7164 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7165 */
7166 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7167   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7168   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7169 }
7170 
7171 /*
7172 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7173 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7174 */
7175 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7176   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7177 
7178   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7179   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7180   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7181     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7182     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7183     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7184   }
7185 
7186   return rc;
7187 }
7188 
7189 /*
7190 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7191 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7192 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7193 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7194 */
7195 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7196   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7197 
7198   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7199   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7200 
7201   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7202   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7203   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7204   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7205   */
7206   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7207     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7208   }
7209 
7210   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7211   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7212   */
7213   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7214     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7215         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7216         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7217     );
7218   }
7219   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7220 
7221   return rc;
7222 }
7223 
7224 
7225 /*
7226 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7227 ** this function.
7228 **
7229 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7230 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7231 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7232 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7233 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7234 ** not modified in either case.
7235 **
7236 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7237 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7238 ** without doing anything.
7239 */
7240 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7241   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7242   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7243 ){
7244   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7245 
7246   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7247   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7248   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7249   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7250   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7251 
7252   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7253     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7254 
7255     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7256     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7257 
7258     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7259     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7260       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7261       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7262     }
7263   }else{
7264     *pbOpen = 1;
7265   }
7266 
7267   return rc;
7268 }
7269 
7270 /*
7271 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7272 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7273 **
7274 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7275 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7276 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7277 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7278 */
7279 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7280   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7281 
7282   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7283 
7284   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7285   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7286   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7287   */
7288   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7289     int logexists = 0;
7290     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7291     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7292       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7293           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7294       );
7295     }
7296     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7297       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7298     }
7299   }
7300 
7301   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7302   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7303   */
7304   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7305     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7306     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7307       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7308                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7309       pPager->pWal = 0;
7310       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7311     }
7312   }
7313   return rc;
7314 }
7315 
7316 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7317 /*
7318 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7319 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7320 */
7321 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7322   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7323   if( pPager->pWal ){
7324     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7325   }
7326   return rc;
7327 }
7328 
7329 /*
7330 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7331 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7332 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7333 */
7334 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7335   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7336   if( pPager->pWal ){
7337     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7338   }else{
7339     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7340   }
7341   return rc;
7342 }
7343 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7344 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7345 
7346 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7347 /*
7348 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7349 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7350 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7351 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7352 ** is empty, return 0.
7353 */
7354 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7355   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7356   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7357 }
7358 #endif
7359 
7360 
7361 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7362